documentation/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# Nancy Momoland <thanhnguyen.icsc@gmail.com>, 2023
# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: vi\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "Kho vận"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse "
"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage"
" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like "
"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
msgid "Daily Operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid ""
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
"Adjustments*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
msgid ""
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
"*Commands for Inventory*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
msgid ""
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
" the quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
msgid ""
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
"manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
msgid ""
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Tổng quan"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
msgid ""
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
msgid ""
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
"create your first rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
msgid ""
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
msgid ""
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
" “D” define the decimals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
msgid ""
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
" be applied."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
msgid ""
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
msgid "Configure your Product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
msgid ""
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
"identify the product;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
msgid ""
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
msgid ""
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
" which digit it should be in your case."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
msgid ""
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
msgid "Rule Types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
"price, used in POS."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
msgid ""
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
msgid ""
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
"weight) and in inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
"loyalty program."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
"location is activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
msgid ""
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
" activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
msgid ""
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
"Mercury module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
msgid ""
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
"transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
msgid ""
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
msgid "Process to Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
msgid "Simple Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
msgid ""
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
"*Operations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
msgid ""
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
msgid ""
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
"the stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
msgid ""
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
"additional steps for the different operation types."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
msgid "Receipts"
msgstr "Nhận hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
msgid ""
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
msgid ""
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
"scan the next product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr "Phiếu giao hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
msgid ""
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
msgid ""
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
msgid "Internal Transfers"
msgstr "Điều chuyển nội bộ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
msgid ""
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
msgid ""
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
" you don’t need to scan them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
"of working:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
msgid ""
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
msgid ""
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
"lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
msgid ""
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
"products to populate it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Thiết lập"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
msgid ""
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
msgid ""
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
msgid ""
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
"be configured to be so."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
msgid ""
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
" it is essential to test it first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
msgid ""
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Cấu hình"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
msgid ""
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Products Barcodes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
"at creation on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
msgid ""
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
msgid ""
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
"*Print* menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
msgid "Barcode Formats"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
msgid ""
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
"own barcode format for internal use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
msgid "Warehouse Management"
msgstr "Quản lý kho"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5
msgid ""
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, "
"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must"
" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts "
"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are "
"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22
msgid "Add a new line"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24
msgid ""
"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in "
"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27
msgid ""
"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the "
"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted "
"Quantity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30
msgid ""
"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on "
"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If "
":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered "
"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40
msgid "Count products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42
msgid ""
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory "
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
"product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46
msgid ""
"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the "
"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted "
"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51
msgid ""
"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the"
" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When "
":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
"moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61
msgid ""
"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away."
" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment,"
" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in "
"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted "
"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before"
" applying the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68
msgid "Plan counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70
msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72
msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be "
"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by "
"opening the column options icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78
msgid ""
"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are "
"scheduled for today or earlier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81
msgid ""
"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a "
"Count` and fill in the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
" be accounted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product"
" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On "
"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the "
"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93
msgid ""
"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for"
" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the "
"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual "
"Inventory Day and Month` setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
" setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3
msgid "Cycle counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
msgid ""
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
"counting more often at key locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Đầu trang"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
msgid ""
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
"altogether in one single pack."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
msgid ""
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
"delivery and after-sales."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
msgid "When to use"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
msgid ""
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
"food."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
" way you manage these products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
msgid "When not to use"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
msgid ""
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
msgid "Expiration Dates"
msgstr "Ngày hết hạn"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
msgid ""
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed"
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and "
"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid "
"selling expired products to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration "
"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
msgid "Application configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18
msgid ""
"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial "
"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid "Product configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28
msgid ""
"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product "
"form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30
msgid ""
"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, "
"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on "
"each lot/serial number received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
msgid ""
"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous "
"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on "
"each lot/serial number received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
msgid ""
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each "
"lot/serial number received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
msgid ""
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on"
" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an "
"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible "
"user defined on the Product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47
msgid ""
"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be "
"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based "
"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
msgstr "Cảnh báo hết hạn"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
msgid ""
"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the"
" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded "
"their respective alert dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots "
"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production "
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
msgid ""
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the "
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
msgid ""
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
"traceability."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
msgid "Setting Up"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
msgid "Application Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & "
"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
msgid "Product Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your"
" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the "
"inventory tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
msgid "Manage Lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
msgid ""
"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot "
"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
msgid ""
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add"
" a line* again to register a new lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your "
"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial "
"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. "
"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are "
"contained in each one of the lots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
msgid "Operation Types"
msgstr "Kiểu giao nhận"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
msgid ""
"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots "
"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
msgid ""
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide "
"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By "
"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and "
"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have "
"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to "
"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
msgid "Lots traceability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
msgid ""
"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they "
"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
"shipped to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
msgid ""
"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master"
" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to "
"your search."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
msgid ""
"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the"
" lot number has been used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
msgid ""
"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the "
"*Location* stat button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number "
"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, "
"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will "
"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its "
"last movement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
msgid ""
"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-"
"entry management is the feature you need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
msgid "Configurations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. "
"Then, enable the feature and hit save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
msgid ""
"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers."
" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the "
"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial "
"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
msgid ""
"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify "
"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
msgid "Manual assignation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
msgid "Multi-assignation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
msgid ""
"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly "
"need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
msgid ""
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can "
"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
msgid ""
"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically "
"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial "
"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial "
"number to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you "
"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* "
"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you"
" need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
msgid "Operation types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
msgid ""
"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each "
"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
msgid ""
"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers "
"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only "
"allowed at product reception."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
msgid ""
"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be "
"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
msgid ""
"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were "
"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped "
"to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
msgid ""
"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to "
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial"
" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* "
"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has "
"been used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
msgid ""
"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the"
" *Location* button available on the serial number form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
msgstr "Hoạt động khác"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
msgid ""
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option "
"in the Odoo Inventory app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
"and hit the create button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
" line*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
msgid ""
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n"
"to the batch transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
msgid ""
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
"locations they have been reserved from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target"
" locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
msgid ""
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers "
"list view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
msgid ""
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
"transfer or create a new one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
msgid ""
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
"too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
msgid ""
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid ""
"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n"
"of a batch transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
msgid ""
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
msgid ""
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode "
"application"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
msgid ""
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
"*consignment*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10
msgid ""
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
"products they don't actually own."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
msgid ""
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
msgid ""
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35
msgid ""
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
msgid ""
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43
msgid ""
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
"must match."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
"option enabled on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61
msgid ""
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69
msgid ""
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will "
"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking "
"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`"
" to validate the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84
msgid ""
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87
msgid ""
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
"and choose a report to view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91
msgid ""
"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products "
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96
msgid "Product moves report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98
msgid ""
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the "
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106
msgid ""
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
"finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115
msgid ""
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119
msgid "Stock on hand report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121
msgid ""
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the "
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Process wave transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5
msgid ""
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
"be a better fit than the other."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9
msgid ""
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18
msgid ""
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30
msgid "Add products to a wave"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
"products to a wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34
msgid ""
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
":guilabel:`Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56
msgid ""
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59
msgid ""
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64
msgid "View wave transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66
msgid ""
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "Kế hoạch"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
msgid ""
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
" scheduled dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
msgid ""
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
"will get the products he ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
msgid ""
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
msgid ""
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
msgid ""
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
"lead time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
"Time**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
msgid ""
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When"
" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be "
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46
msgid ""
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51
msgid ""
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
"date is set on the line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56
msgid ""
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
msgid ""
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
"configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
"account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79
msgid ""
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
"warning message is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
"by Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87
msgid ""
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
"all the lead times that could occur."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
msgstr "Thời gian giao hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
msgid ""
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103
msgid ""
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
"April."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
msgid "Security Lead Time"
msgstr "Thời gian an toàn"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
msgid ""
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114
msgid ""
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117
msgid ""
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
"settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124
msgid ""
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129
msgid "Deliver several products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
msgid ""
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135
msgid ""
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140
msgid ""
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
"April."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146
msgid ""
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
msgid ""
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166
msgid ""
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
"Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176
msgid ""
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
"depending on the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
msgid ""
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186
msgid ""
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194
msgid ""
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
msgstr "Ngày An toàn Sản xuất"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
msgid ""
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211
msgid ""
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
"July is June 27th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
msgid ""
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223
msgid ""
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
"settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230
msgid ""
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236
msgid "Global Example"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
msgid ""
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251
msgid ""
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254
msgid ""
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
" security lead time for Purchase)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
msgid ""
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
"Manufacturing)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259
msgid ""
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
"security lead time for sales)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Sản phẩm"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
msgid "Select a replenishment strategy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering "
"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies "
"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the "
"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which"
" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery "
"processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
msgid ""
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
"forecast quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18
msgid ""
"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of "
"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
"the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or "
"from the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, "
"*regardless of the current stock level*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
msgid ""
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) "
"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and "
"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is "
"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase"
" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted "
"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will "
"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO "
"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41
msgid ""
"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
"customized and should be used for this purpose only."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50
msgid ""
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows "
"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific "
"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and "
":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
msgid ""
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For "
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
"and security lead time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65
msgid ""
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or"
" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. "
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock "
"valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a "
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to "
"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, "
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new "
"reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80
msgid ""
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, "
"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product "
"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
msgid ""
"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this "
"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted"
" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering "
"rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
msgid ""
"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using"
" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by"
" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source "
"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) "
"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
msgid "Make to order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
msgid ""
"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized "
"products, the route is hidden by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113
msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Warehouse`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116
msgid ""
"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
msgid ""
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123
msgid ""
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable "
"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
msgid ""
"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, "
"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and"
" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order "
"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the "
":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor "
"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-"
"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition "
"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Use different units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case "
"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a "
"supplier and then sells those products in individual units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11
msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
msgid "Units of measure categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
msgid ""
"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of "
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units "
"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit "
"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another"
" only if both units belong to the same category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36
msgid ""
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
"new units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40
msgid ""
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to "
"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category"
" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit "
"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the"
" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`"
" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)."
" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units"
" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than "
"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
msgid ""
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
" category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60
msgid ""
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. "
"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's"
" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field "
"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69
msgid "Unit conversion"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72
msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74
msgid ""
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo "
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. "
"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78
msgid ""
"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo "
"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its "
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in "
"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr "Bổ sung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking "
":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit "
"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product "
"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests "
"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The"
" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the "
"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`"
" can be manually edited on the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105
msgid ""
"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order"
" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right "
"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the "
"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the"
" delivery shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but "
"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes"
" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
msgid "Units of measure"
msgstr "Đơn vị tính"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
msgid ""
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
"supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
msgid ""
"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase "
"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different "
"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective "
"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to "
"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21
msgid ""
"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet"
" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a "
"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity "
"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates"
" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the "
"quantity in feet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Gói hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30
msgid ""
"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several "
"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, "
"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the "
"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make "
"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36
msgid ""
"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by "
"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first "
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. "
"Repeat for each package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
msgid "Separate delivery into different packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
msgid "Separate delivery package details"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49
msgid "Packagings"
msgstr "Kiện hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51
msgid ""
"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a "
"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a "
"pallet for the packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
msgid ""
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase "
"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and "
"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while "
"UoMs are generic."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
msgid "Different product packaging examples."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
msgid "Package field on purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67
msgid ""
"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode"
" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in "
"the packing on the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
msgid "Valuation Methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
msgid ""
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33
msgid ""
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
msgid ""
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43
msgid ""
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50
msgid ""
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid ""
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62
msgid ""
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66
msgid ""
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70
msgid ""
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
"Costing)` method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78
msgid ""
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
msgid ""
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22
msgid ""
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
"company's inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27
msgid ""
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
msgid "Types of accounting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
msgid ""
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
msgid ""
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41
msgid ""
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. "
"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are"
" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
msgid ""
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is "
"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
msgid "Costing methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
msgid ""
"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory "
"valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the "
"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to "
"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order "
"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the "
"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock"
" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and "
"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
msgid ""
"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing "
"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the "
"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good "
"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory "
"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the "
"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate "
"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly "
"sensitive to input data and human error."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70
msgid ""
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly"
" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments "
"here."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74
msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76
msgid ""
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and "
"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should "
"apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
msgid ""
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
"categories."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the "
"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. "
":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First "
"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to "
":guilabel:`Automated`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89
msgid ""
":doc:`Using the inventory valuation "
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
msgid ""
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in "
"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear "
"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update "
"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs "
"accumulated from validated purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
msgid ""
"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will "
"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated "
"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
msgid ""
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
" at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122
msgid ""
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
msgid ""
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration "
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
"scenario below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
msgid "Receive a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
msgid ""
"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is "
"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product "
"Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27
msgid ""
"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and"
" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out "
"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
msgid ""
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's "
"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36
msgid ""
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use"
" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory "
"was impacted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be turned on to see the "
"*Valuation* smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54
msgid ""
"The :doc:`consignment "
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other "
"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all "
"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the "
"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of "
"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66
msgid ""
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory "
"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and "
":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76
msgid "Deliver a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78
msgid ""
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89
msgid ""
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The "
"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's "
"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, "
":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of "
"products available during a prior specified date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104
msgid "Update product unit price"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106
msgid ""
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
"to update the unit price of products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111
msgid ""
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In "
"First Out (FIFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
msgid ""
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the "
"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as"
" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124
msgid ""
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation "
"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
"inflation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6
msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
"routes-1018>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
"on shipped products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30
msgid "One-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock.  No intermediate steps "
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38
msgid ""
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
"Out)` removal strategies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41
msgid ""
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
"perishable items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45
msgid ""
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step "
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48
msgid "Two-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52
msgid ""
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
" the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
"being shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57
msgid ""
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60
msgid ""
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83
msgid ""
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
"until they are transferred into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66
msgid ""
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps "
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69
msgid "Three-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73
msgid ""
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
"inspection into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
"for shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77
msgid ""
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81
msgid ""
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
"before receiving items into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87
msgid ""
":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88
msgid ""
":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91
msgid "Inventory flow table of contents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process deliveries in three steps"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7
msgid ""
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11
msgid ""
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
" not fit the needs of the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step"
" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and"
" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, "
"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update "
"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35
msgid "Create a sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking "
"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, "
"which are all associated with the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
msgid "Process a picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64
msgid ""
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
"order is confirmed.  To view these transfers, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
"another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
msgid ""
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85
msgid ""
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
" packing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
msgid "Process a packing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97
msgid ""
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
msgid ""
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
"output location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113
msgid ""
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
msgid "Process a delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120
msgid ""
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128
msgid ""
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
"the customer location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7
msgid ""
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
"step receipts and deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12
msgid ""
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
"three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
msgid ""
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, click on the desired warehouse, and click :guilabel:`Edit`. "
"Next, on the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the "
":guilabel:`Shipments` section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 "
"step)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods "
"directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Save` "
"the changes to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
"step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "Nhận hàng trực tiếp (1 bước)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
msgid "Create a purchase order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, select (or create) a "
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
"receipt for the purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93
msgid ""
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
msgid "Process the receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:64
msgid ""
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid ""
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
"pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
"reception process in one step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "Giao hàng trực tiếp (1 bước)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92
msgid ""
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then select (or create) a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
"delivery order for the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108
msgid ""
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196
msgid "Process the delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:119
msgid ""
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7
msgid ""
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12
msgid ""
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
" into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16
msgid ""
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20
msgid ""
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing"
" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, "
"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the "
"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
msgid ""
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
"::guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save`"
" the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
msgid ""
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save`"
" the changes to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
"steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59
msgid ""
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and then click "
":guilabel:`Edit`. On the location form, update the ::guilabel:`Location "
"Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78
msgid ""
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the ::abbr:`PO (Purchase"
" Order)` form may need to be specifed as the correct *input location* "
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
" the end of the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84
msgid ""
"After confirming the ::abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104
msgid ""
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
"WH/Input location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
"view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
":guilabel:`Create`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a "
"storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149
msgid ""
"After confirming the ::abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart "
"button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Sales Order)` "
"form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159
msgid ""
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
msgid "Process the picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
msgid ""
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
"arrive to the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking "
"and the delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174
msgid ""
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
"Operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185
msgid ""
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
"on the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198
msgid ""
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
"begin."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203
msgid ""
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
"quickly accessed by clicking on the ::guilabel:`Delivery` smart button "
"again, and choosing the delivery order on the ::guilabel:`Transfers` page "
"(which should now be marked as ::guilabel:`Ready`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211
msgid ""
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process receipts in three steps"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7
msgid ""
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
"goods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10
msgid ""
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
"quality area and into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step "
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->"
" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`"
" will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive "
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click "
":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking"
" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
msgid "Process a receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
msgid ""
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
"are waiting another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
msgid ""
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
msgid ""
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
"WH/Quality location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
"kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "Kho hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
msgid "Create a second warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In "
"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items"
" between them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8
msgid ""
"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, "
"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse,"
" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click "
":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is "
"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as"
" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or "
"vendor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20
msgid ""
"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the"
" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how "
"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and"
" outgoing shipments should follow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied "
"from this warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in "
"this warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when "
"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products "
"to be delivered to the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply "
"the warehouse being created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41
msgid ""
"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage "
"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a "
"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration"
" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46
msgid ""
"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse "
"will be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49
msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51
msgid ""
"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the "
"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the "
"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory "
"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->"
" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory "
"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory "
"adjustment can be referred to by"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; "
"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be"
" added to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory "
"or leave blank to select any product during the next step"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of "
"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they "
"have no existing inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for "
"bookkeeping related to the inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the "
"user's company or as a customer or vendor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for "
"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not "
"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing "
"inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` "
"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory "
"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then "
"fill out the product line as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in "
"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location "
"within the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the "
"serial number used to identify it"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the "
"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a "
"new location or warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to "
"inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* "
"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the "
":guilabel:`Counted` column"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97
msgid ""
"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click "
":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The "
"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the"
" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the "
"inventory of the new warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
msgid ""
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
"resupply this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
msgid "Set route on a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
msgid ""
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
msgid ""
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
"tracked in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
msgid ""
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
msgid ""
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid ""
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
msgid ""
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
"Francisco 2\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
msgid ""
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
"a new one, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
"that products are transferred from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
msgid ""
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
" being replenished"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
"take place"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
"product will be transferred from"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
"step deliveries and receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
msgid "Process the delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
msgid ""
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
"quantities shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
"quantities received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
msgid ""
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
msgid ""
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
msgid ""
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
"configure the form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
"replenished in batches of 20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
"length, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
msgid ""
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
msgid ""
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
" pop-up that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
msgid ""
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3
msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9
msgid "Warehouse"
msgstr "Kho"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's "
"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user "
"can create moves between warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Địa điểm"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a "
"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). "
"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible "
"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can "
"be configured as needed under one warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22
msgid "There are three types of locations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24
msgid ""
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading "
"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28
msgid ""
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only "
"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32
msgid ""
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory "
"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse "
"(**Procurements**)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37
msgid ""
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be "
"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the "
"organization of the warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44
msgid ""
"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52
msgid ""
"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable "
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check "
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61
msgid ""
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. "
"The short name is five characters maximum."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse "
"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first "
"letters of location]\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72
msgid ""
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations "
"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently "
"created warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80
msgid ""
"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the "
":guilabel:`Locations` setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83
msgid "Create a new location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85
msgid ""
"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88
msgid ""
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`"
" and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
msgid "Advanced Routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
msgid "Concepts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
"another truck."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
msgid ""
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45
msgid ""
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
"for it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
"products in the *Input Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77
msgid ""
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
"*Output*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86
msgid ""
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take "
"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple"
" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual "
"locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the "
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes "
"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. "
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23
msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25
msgid ""
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be"
" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be "
"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
msgid ""
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36
msgid ""
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43
msgid ""
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse "
":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other "
"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
"Configuration` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to "
"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by"
" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and "
":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will "
"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for "
"individual products or product categories."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55
msgid ""
":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? "
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the "
"warehouse resupplies its inventory:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components"
" from this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they "
"can be manufactured in this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the "
"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick "
"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input "
"location first, and then transfer it to the production location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered"
" to this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this "
"warehouse from another chosen warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73
msgid ""
"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse"
" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81
msgid ""
"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two "
"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with"
" physical stock locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95
msgid "Create a virtual parent location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98
msgid ""
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of "
"the *virtual parent location* warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101
msgid ""
"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, "
"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was"
" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual "
"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to "
":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109
msgid ""
"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is "
"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its "
"*child locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113
msgid ""
"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location "
"Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120
msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122
msgid ""
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), "
"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the "
"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to"
" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126
msgid ""
"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the "
"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the "
":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical"
" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130
msgid ""
"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent "
"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill "
"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location "
"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent "
"location*)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136
msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139
msgid ""
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location "
"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** "
"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand "
"in each warehouse, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143
msgid ""
"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the "
":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new "
"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the "
"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the "
"quotation into a sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm"
" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the"
" virtual warehouse location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales "
"order to be pulled from different warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`"
" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the"
" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field"
" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168
msgid ""
"If whe :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up"
" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure"
" all settings/configuration were done properly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176
msgid ""
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the "
":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* "
"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181
msgid ""
"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down "
"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the "
"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted "
"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185
msgid ""
"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then "
":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales"
" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to "
"invoice for the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190
msgid ""
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
"employee form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5
msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7
msgid ""
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
"made available to the retail channel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
" the configured push/pull rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
msgid ""
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27
msgid ""
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
"respective locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
" to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47
msgid "Pull rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49
msgid ""
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52
msgid ""
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
"Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56
msgid ""
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
"between the two locations is created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59
msgid ""
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65
msgid ""
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
"finally the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71
msgid "Push rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73
msgid ""
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77
msgid ""
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
"locations for different products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81
msgid ""
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
" to their *Storage Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85
msgid ""
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
"already generated the product transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89
msgid ""
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
" per customer order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97
msgid "Use routes and rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99
msgid ""
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104
msgid ""
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106
msgid ""
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
msgid ""
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120
msgid ""
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
msgid ""
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
msgid ""
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165
msgid ""
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
"places."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173
msgid ""
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181
msgid ""
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
"from the same category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189
msgid ""
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
"that route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201
msgid ""
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
"quotation/sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208
msgid ""
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
"manually set on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211
msgid ""
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223
msgid "Rules"
msgstr "Quy tắc"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225
msgid ""
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233
msgid ""
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
":guilabel:`Action`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
"this need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
"destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
"zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261
msgid ""
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
" of the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
"products to the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273
msgid ""
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277
msgid ""
"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide "
"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281
msgid "Sample full route flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
" flow with an advanced custom route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286
msgid ""
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303
msgid ""
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311
msgid ""
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319
msgid ""
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
"output zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326
msgid ""
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
"required products from the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
" zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333
msgid ""
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
"items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338
msgid ""
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
msgid "Putaway rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
msgid ""
"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move "
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the "
"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
msgid ""
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules "
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing "
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
"activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29
msgid "Setting up a putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
msgid ""
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, "
"products should be stored in different locations depending on several "
"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, "
"and so on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
msgid ""
"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with"
" the following sub-locations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
msgid ""
"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway "
"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being "
"redirected to the right storage location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58
msgid ""
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or "
"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). "
"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62
msgid "Take the following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
msgid ""
"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be"
" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66
msgid ""
"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be "
"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68
msgid ""
"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will "
"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70
msgid ""
"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to "
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
msgid "Using Storage Categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79
msgid ""
"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories "
"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the "
"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing "
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
"activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91
msgid "Create a Storage Category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93
msgid ""
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new "
"storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
msgid ""
"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102
msgid ""
"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104
msgid ""
"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by "
"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the "
"location is considered available to store a product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
"location is empty."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
"the same product is already there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
"in this location at the same time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114
msgid ""
"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be "
"linked to a location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
msgid ""
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121
msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123
msgid ""
"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on "
"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
msgid ""
"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to "
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129
msgid ""
"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130
msgid ""
"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control"
" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
msgid ""
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
"the *Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
msgid ""
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage "
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
msgid ""
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the "
"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
"are stored in their respective locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
msgid ""
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the"
" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same "
"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the "
"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, "
"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid ""
":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n"
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
msgid ""
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
"transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46
msgid "How does it work?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
msgid ""
"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some "
"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those "
"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on"
" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer "
"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes "
"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because "
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from "
":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date "
"after :guilabel:`00001`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
msgid ""
"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`"
" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been"
" in the stock for the longest period."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71
msgid ""
"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* "
"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. "
"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a "
"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those "
"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and "
":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on"
" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer "
"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of "
":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85
msgid ""
"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock "
"is requested."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries "
"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95
msgid ""
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following "
"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
"with five boxes in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103
msgid ""
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
":guilabel:`20002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
msgid ""
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117
msgid "Closest Location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
msgid ""
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
"that do not deteriorate with time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
msgid ""
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
"alphabetic order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
msgid "Use removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131
msgid ""
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
msgid ""
"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also "
"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144
msgid ""
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
msgid ""
"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies "
"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method"
" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and"
" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find "
"the three lots available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166
msgid ""
"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains "
"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169
msgid ""
"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a "
"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot "
":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid ""
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should "
"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` "
"strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
msgid ""
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is "
"mostly used for products without a shelf life."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO "
"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
msgid ""
"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved"
" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201
msgid ""
"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned "
"in many countries!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206
msgid ""
"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way "
"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular "
"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid ""
"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at "
":doc:`the related doc "
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214
msgid ""
"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible "
"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be "
"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can "
"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223
msgid ""
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227
msgid ""
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
" picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230
msgid ""
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal "
"Strategy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238
msgid ""
"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of "
"them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
msgid "0000001"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
msgid "Hand Cream"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
msgid "09/30/2019"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
msgid "0000002"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
msgid "11/30/2019"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
msgid "0000003"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
msgid "10/31/2019"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250
msgid ""
"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically"
" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and"
" :guilabel:`0000003`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
msgid "Shipping"
msgstr "Vận chuyển"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
msgid "Shipping Operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
"enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
"product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45
msgid ""
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
"(Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid ""
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
"confirm the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
msgid ""
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
msgid ""
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
"rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
msgid ""
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
msgid ""
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
"**Set price**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
msgid ""
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
"product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid ""
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
msgid ""
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
msgid ""
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
"add a line to the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3
msgid "Change shipping label size"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
"to fit the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a "
"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, "
"*FedEx International* will be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Different shipping methods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on "
"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Select a label type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45
msgid ""
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60
msgid "Example labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62
msgid ""
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
"you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ""
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
msgid ""
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
msgid ""
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
msgid "Company configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
msgid ""
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
msgid ""
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
"data**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
msgid ""
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
"computation cannot be done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
msgid ""
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
msgid ""
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
msgid ""
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
msgid ""
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
msgid ""
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
msgid ""
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
msgid "Sale process"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
msgid "Sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
msgid ""
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
"from it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
msgid ""
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
msgid ""
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
"underneath:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
msgid "Shipping Setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
"but also on your e-commerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
msgid ""
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
"compute the real price and the packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
msgid "Install the inventory module"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
msgid ""
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
" order to see it :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
msgid ""
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
msgid ""
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
msgid ""
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
msgid ""
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
msgid ""
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
msgid "Delivery process"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
msgid "Delivery"
msgstr "Giao hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
"chosen delivery method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A DHL Password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
msgid ""
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
"Rest of the world)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid ""
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
"required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module,  "
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199
msgid ""
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
msgid ""
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ""
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
"you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid ""
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
" shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid ""
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
"will appear on your ecommerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
msgid ""
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
"United States."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
msgid ""
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
msgid ""
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
msgid ""
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
"method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
"**Set price**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
msgid ""
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
msgid ""
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
msgid ""
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A UPS account number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
msgid "An Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
msgid ""
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
"Service in order to to open an account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
"online profile by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
msgid ""
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
"complete the registration process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
msgid ""
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
"User ID and Password."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
msgid ""
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
"Details** section of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
msgid ""
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
" States.q"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
msgid "Get an Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
msgid ""
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
msgid "Verify your contact information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
msgid ""
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
"contact."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Sản xuất"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process "
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "Bảo trì"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
msgid "Add new equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday "
"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece "
"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different "
"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo "
"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third "
"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11
msgid ""
"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
"employee and a department"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
"page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
"work centers, like an office, for example"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44
msgid "Include additional product information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
"Failures)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
"warranty will expire"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63
msgid "Add maintenance details"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
"maintenance teams:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
"equipment when it fails"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84
msgid ""
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
" the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
msgid "Alternative Work Centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
msgid ""
"Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work "
"center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, "
"employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of "
"waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility "
"on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. "
"This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent "
"ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:14
msgid ""
"This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is"
" optimised."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:17
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19
msgid ""
"First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature and hit "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
msgid "Work order settings ticked in Odoo Manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two "
"new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first "
"one and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
msgid "Create a secondary work center as an alternate to the first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:33
msgid ""
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your "
"product, and add these work centers to the operations of your :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
msgid "Add work centers to Bill of Materials operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:41
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:43
msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:45
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit "
":guilabel:`Create`. There, add your product to your manufacturing order and "
"plan it. You can then retrieve them from the :guilabel:`Work Orders` list "
"view, under :menuselection:`Operations > Work Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:49
msgid ""
"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first "
"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as "
"shown below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
msgid "Work order creation and scheduling."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you"
" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the"
" usual one is free."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "Create a bill of materials"
msgstr "Tạo định mức nguyên liệu"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
"needed to complete a production process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own "
"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12
msgid ""
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
"manufacturing process and save time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
msgid ""
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
msgid ""
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
msgid ""
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
"on Variants` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
msgid "Set up operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
msgid ""
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67
msgid ""
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
msgid ""
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
"Operations` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
msgid ""
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92
msgid ""
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Use kits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of unassembled components. Kits may be sold as products, "
"but are also useful tools for managing more complex bills of materials "
"(BoMs). To use kits, the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and :guilabel:`Inventory`"
" applications need to be installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use a kit as a sellable product or simply as a component organization "
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product. To create a kit product,"
" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`: this"
" allows for management of kit inventory. The :guilabel:`Route` designation "
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter, since Odoo uses the "
"routes of the kit's components for replenishment purposes. All other "
"parameters for the kit product may be modified according to preference. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
msgid ""
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> Products`. These"
" components require no specific configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:26
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:28
msgid ""
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, create a "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the kit product. Go to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and then"
" click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Product` field to the "
"previously configured kit product. Then, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to "
":guilabel:`Kit`. Finally, add each component and specify its quantity. Make "
"sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38
msgid ""
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:42
msgid ""
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
"the kit is listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
msgid ""
"Kits are also used to manage *multilevel* :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
" These are products that contain other products as components and therefore "
"require nested :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`. Incorporating pre-"
"configured kits into multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` allows for"
" cleaner organization of bundled products. Under :guilabel:`Components`, "
"list a kit as a component in a higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (Bills of "
"Material)` to eliminate the need to add the kit's parts individually. Any "
":guilabel:`BoM Type` can be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multilevel :abbr:`BoM's (Bill of "
"Material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be expanded and "
"viewed from this report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multilevel "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:74
msgid ""
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
"sale. To manage multilevel products that require manufactured subcomponents,"
" refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-assemblies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants "
"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
msgid "Activate product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the "
":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the"
" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to "
":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24
msgid ""
"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign "
"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the "
":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately "
"visible, activate it from the additional options menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35
msgid ""
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product "
"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown"
" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one "
"product variant."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Applying components to multiple variants."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3
msgid "Quality Control"
msgstr "Kiểm soát chất lượng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5
msgid ""
"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the "
"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your "
"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10
msgid ""
"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality "
"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To "
"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control "
"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific "
"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19
msgid ""
"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the "
"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation "
"type. For the rest, the same principles apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25
msgid ""
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can"
" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points "
"can be set up for the same Operation Type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid ""
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid ""
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
msgid ""
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
msgid ""
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
msgid ""
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
msgid ""
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
"directly from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
msgid ""
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
" subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
msgid ""
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
msgid ""
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid ""
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
"validated receipt (5)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
msgid ""
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
"materials used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
msgstr "Định giá tồn kho"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
msgid "With:"
msgstr "Với:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "subcontractor;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
msgid ""
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
"Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
msgid ""
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
" accounting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
msgid ""
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
msgid ""
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr "Truy xuất kho"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
msgid ""
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
"receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
msgid ""
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
msgid ""
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
msgid ""
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
"receiving your final product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
msgid ""
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
"line hamburger menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
msgid ""
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
msgid ""
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
"route should also be activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
msgid ""
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
msgid ""
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
"is a buy route already."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
msgid ""
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
"locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
msgstr "Bổ sung thủ công"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
msgid ""
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
"you are delivering to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
" the delivery address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
"production based on your demand forecast."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26
msgid ""
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
"to hide rows if you like."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
msgid ""
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
"components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52
msgid ""
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
msgid ""
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
"cross."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
msgid "Cells color signification"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
msgid ""
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
"different colors depending on the situation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70
msgid ""
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
"demand forecast."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"still matches current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
msgid ""
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"was too high considering current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
" was too low considering current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
msgid ""
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
msgid ""
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
"replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
msgid ""
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
msgid ""
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
" Work Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
msgid "Create a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
"can be in use each week"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
"minutes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
"work center simultaneously"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
"is finished"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
"hour"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
"should be recorded"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
msgid ""
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
"equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
"equipment to become fully operational again"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
"failure will occur"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95
msgid ""
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
"carried out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
"top left of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113
msgid ""
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123
msgid ""
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
"at the top right of the form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
"the work center has been fully productive"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
"workload"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
"percentage of the expected duration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5
msgid "Quality control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3
msgid "Create quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5
msgid ""
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
"detected by automated processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16
msgid ""
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
" the *Quality* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19
msgid ""
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
"quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
"alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
"created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
"the quality issue, if applicable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
"originated"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
"alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
" alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40
msgid ""
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
"information to quality teams:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
"occurring in the future"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56
msgid ""
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "Access the work order menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64
msgid ""
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71
msgid ""
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
"calendar, and pivot table views."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3
msgid "Add quality controls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5
msgid ""
"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are "
"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the "
"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, "
"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at "
"specific points during production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11
msgid "Configure quality control points"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13
msgid ""
"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control"
" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, "
"accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative "
"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the "
"specific quality control point"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform "
"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery "
"Orders`, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the "
"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control "
"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, "
":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control"
" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. "
"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for "
"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from "
":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`"
" to determine how often the control point should executed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: "
":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - "
"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of "
"the quality control point check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and "
"evolution of the quality control point over time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check "
"fails"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
msgid ""
"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50
msgid ""
"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be "
"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work "
"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting "
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55
msgid ""
"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to "
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point,"
" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60
msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62
msgid ""
"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select "
":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the "
":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: "
":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These "
"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance "
"will pass the check:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take "
"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should "
"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within "
"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`"
" 60.5 mm)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
msgid ""
"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78
msgid ""
"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. "
"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were "
"specified on the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81
msgid ""
"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires"
" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be "
"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For "
"products that measure within the values indicated in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that"
" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the "
"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet "
"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management "
"team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr "Mua hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, "
"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate "
"replenishments and follow up on your orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Nâng cao"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
msgid ""
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
"negotiate discounts on prices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
msgid "Generate customized reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
" key metrics and a pivot table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
msgid ""
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
msgid ""
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
"filters are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
msgid ""
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
"depending on their date of confirmation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
msgid ""
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
" filtered with the previous one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
msgid "Add custom filters"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
msgid ""
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
msgid ""
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
msgid ""
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
"the top right of the dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
msgid "Visualize your data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
msgid ""
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
msgid ""
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
msgid "Explore your data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
msgid ""
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
" so on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
msgid ""
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
"export it as an Excel file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
msgid "Manage deals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. "
"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the "
"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9
msgid ""
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
"pricing with vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to "
"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as "
"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> "
"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) "
"a new blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be "
"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term "
"agreement must follow:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific "
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
"purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either "
"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the "
"drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this"
" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the "
"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement "
"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not "
"expire, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be "
"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order "
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate "
"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products "
"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the"
" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is "
"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field"
" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this "
"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to "
"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order."
" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is"
" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the "
"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), "
"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices "
"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit "
"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the"
" price will remain **0**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76
msgid ""
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal "
"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where "
":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81
msgid ""
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection "
"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated "
"for the type of selection:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, "
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how "
"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this "
"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and "
":guilabel:`Quantities` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket"
" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry "
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108
msgid ""
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the "
"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and "
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, "
"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be "
"manually set by the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117
msgid ""
"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via"
" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket "
"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase "
"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to "
"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new"
" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130
msgid ""
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-"
"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this "
"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via "
"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135
msgid ""
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New "
"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending "
"on the settings configured on the blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139
msgid ""
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the "
"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the "
"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` "
"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the "
"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase "
"order that was just created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157
msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and "
"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu "
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` "
"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected "
"Arrival` date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173
msgid ""
"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the"
" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new "
"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement,"
" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form,"
" as well as the product information entered on the product lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178
msgid ""
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
"order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188
msgid ""
"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to "
":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket "
"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO "
"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated "
"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information "
"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the "
":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is"
" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be "
"replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at "
"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods "
"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and "
"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation "
"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be "
"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from "
"which vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14
msgid ""
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23
msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25
msgid ""
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a "
"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in "
"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create "
"*blanket orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37
msgid ""
"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery "
"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To "
"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the "
":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-"
"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and "
"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. "
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
msgid ""
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the"
" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of "
"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns"
" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and "
"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73
msgid ""
"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their "
"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best "
"offers for them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor,"
" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent "
"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and "
"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
msgid ""
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click "
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
"alternative` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93
msgid ""
"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next"
" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO"
" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative"
" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101
msgid ""
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new"
" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, "
"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the "
"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in"
" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product "
"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed "
"manually, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window "
"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down "
"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the "
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119
msgid ""
"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122
msgid ""
"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities "
"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the "
"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-"
"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click "
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131
msgid ""
"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the"
" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`"
" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
msgid ""
"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` "
"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the "
":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the"
" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and "
":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141
msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143
msgid ""
"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under "
"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link "
"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also"
" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately "
"at first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an "
"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other "
"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created "
"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170
msgid ""
"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. "
"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click "
":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175
msgid ""
"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous "
":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking "
":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the "
"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181
msgid "Compare product lines"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183
msgid ""
"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as "
"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which "
"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations "
"created previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to"
" a Compare Order Lines page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196
msgid ""
"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. "
"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is"
" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200
msgid ""
"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which "
"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, "
"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; "
"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the "
"order, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206
msgid ""
"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click "
":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This "
"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the "
":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the "
"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity"
" is changed to **0**, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
msgid ""
"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, "
"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all"
" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220
msgid ""
"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors "
"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders"
" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost "
"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they "
"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired "
"purchase orders have been confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232
msgid ""
"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click "
"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an "
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either "
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be "
"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, "
"click :guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative "
"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative "
"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional "
"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, "
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` is open."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242
msgid ""
"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an "
":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all "
"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` "
"when finished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click "
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for "
"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
"(Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256
msgid ""
"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be "
"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, "
"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and "
"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` "
"column at the far right of their rows."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266
msgid ""
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received "
"into the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
msgid "Bill control policies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by "
"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The "
"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be "
"applied to any new product created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12
msgid ""
"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to"
" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and "
":guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
msgid ""
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
"used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are "
"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a"
" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31
msgid ""
"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill "
"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab "
"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
msgid ""
"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control "
"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, "
"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any "
"products actually being received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
msgid "Example flow: Received quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control"
" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`"
" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and "
":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to "
"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least "
"some of the quantities are received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63
msgid "3-way matching"
msgstr "Đối chiếu 3 bước"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65
msgid ""
"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only "
"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have "
"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
"bills`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
msgid ""
"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is "
"set to *received quantities*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the "
":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When "
"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, "
"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included "
"in a purchase order have been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
msgid ""
"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been "
"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the "
"draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91
msgid ""
"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price "
"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If "
"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to "
":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but "
"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be "
"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green "
":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be"
" set to :guilabel:`No`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo."
" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-"
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108
msgid ""
"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be "
"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order billing status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control "
"policy used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
msgid "**Conditions**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
msgid "*On received quantities*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "*Not applicable*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid "PO confirmed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid "Draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:5
msgid ""
"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:8
msgid ""
"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
"management processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:13
msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
msgid ""
"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
"vendor(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:18
msgid ""
"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
"Order (PO)**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
"stockable products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:24
msgid ""
"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:27
msgid ""
"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
"only one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:34
msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:36
msgid ""
"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will "
"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:41
msgid "Creating products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:43
msgid ""
"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and "
"click create."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:50
msgid ""
"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, "
"since it is important:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53
msgid ""
"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep "
"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and "
"will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:58
msgid ""
"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will "
"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
"of these designations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
msgid ""
"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the "
"product type to **Service**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:69
msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
msgid "Purchasing products or services"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
"Reference)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:84
msgid ""
"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory "
"application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88
msgid "Receiving Products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
msgid ""
"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after "
"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should "
"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button "
"is outlined in red below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:105
msgid ""
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor "
"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference "
"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria"
" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the "
"following screen where you then will receive the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:116
msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:119
msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:121
msgid ""
"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it"
" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create"
" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129
msgid ""
"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select"
" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated "
"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you "
"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that "
"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:143
msgid ""
"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you "
"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change "
"prices)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:150
msgid ""
"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151
msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:153
msgid ""
"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:162
msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167
msgid ""
"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the"
" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several "
"reasons:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:171
msgid ""
"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
" have not ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:174
msgid ""
"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:178
msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:180
msgid ""
"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:184
msgid ""
"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187
msgid ""
"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is"
" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:190
msgid ""
"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198
msgid "How product quantities are managed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:200
msgid ""
"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203
msgid ""
"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask "
"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct "
"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new "
"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
msgid ""
"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
"to be based on either:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216
msgid "Ordered quantities"
msgstr "Số lượng đặt hàng"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218
msgid "or Received quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:221
msgid "Batch Billing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223
msgid ""
"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the "
"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not "
"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will"
" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
" below a set threshold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
msgid ""
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
"be added to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
msgid ""
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
"into it's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
msgid ""
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
" once they are received and entered into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
"created for 21 units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
"Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
msgid ""
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
msgid ""
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
"actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
msgid ""
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
"top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
msgid ""
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
msgid ""
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
msgid "Enable units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
msgid ""
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
msgid "Standard units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
"(see next section)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
msgid ""
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
msgid ""
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
msgid ""
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
" units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
msgid ""
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
msgid ""
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
msgid ""
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
msgid ""
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
msgid ""
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
"*Smaller*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
msgid ""
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
"units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""